]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
man: explain precedence for options which take a list (#7010)
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
582faeb4
DJL
3CHANGES WITH 235:
4
fccf5419
LP
5 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
7 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
8 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
10 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
11 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
12 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
582faeb4 13
ef5a8cb1 14 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
21723f53
ZJS
15 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
16 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
17 used to change those values.
ef5a8cb1 18
fccf5419
LP
19 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
20 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
21723f53
ZJS
21 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
22 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
23 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
24 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
fccf5419 25
21723f53
ZJS
26 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
27 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
28 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
29 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
fccf5419
LP
30
31 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
32 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
33 one top-level directory.
34
35 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
36 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
37 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
21723f53 38 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
fccf5419
LP
39 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
40 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
41 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
42 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
43 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
44 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
45 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
75dfbbac
LP
46 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
47 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
48 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
49 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
fccf5419
LP
50
51 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
52 Meson-only.
53
54 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
55 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
56 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
57 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
58 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
59 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
60 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
61 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
62 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
63 acceptable to us.
64
65 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
66 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
67 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
68 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
69 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
70 requested at build time.
71
72 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
73 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
74 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
75 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
76 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
77 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
78 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
79 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
80 Type= setting which permits configuring
81 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
82
83 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
84 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
85 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
86 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
87 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
88 local frames between bridge ports.
89
90 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
91 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
92 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
93
94 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
21723f53 95 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
fccf5419
LP
96
97 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
21723f53
ZJS
98 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
99 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
fccf5419
LP
100 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
101
102 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
103 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
104 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
21723f53
ZJS
105 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
106 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
107 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
108 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
fccf5419
LP
109 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
110
111 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
112 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
113 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
114 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
115 command.)
116
117 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
118 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
119 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
120
44898c53
LP
121 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
122 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
fccf5419
LP
123 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
124 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
125
126 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
127 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
128 configured, except for the credentials applied by
129 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
130 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
131 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
132 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
133 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
134 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
135 on systems where this is not supported.
136
137 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
138 sockets.
139
140 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
141 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
142 during runtime.
143
144 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
145 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
21723f53 146 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
fccf5419
LP
147
148 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
149 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
150 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
151
152 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
153 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
21723f53
ZJS
154 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
155 Following this logic, two new special targets
fccf5419 156 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
21723f53
ZJS
157 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
158 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
fccf5419
LP
159
160 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
21723f53
ZJS
161 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
162 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
fccf5419
LP
163 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
164
165 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
166 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
167 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
168 --wait".
169
170 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
171 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
172 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
173 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
174 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
175 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
176 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
177 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
178 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
179
21723f53 180 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
608f70e6 181 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
fccf5419
LP
182 containing information about the consumed resources of this
183 invocation.
184
185 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
186 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
187 processes.
188
e06fafb2
LP
189 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
190 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
191 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
21723f53
ZJS
192 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
193 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
e06fafb2
LP
194 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
195 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
196 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
197 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
198 systems for all five operations.
199
200 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
201 the system.
202
fccf5419
LP
203 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
204 than UTC or the local timezone.
205
f6e64b78 206 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
21723f53
ZJS
207 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
208 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
209 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
210 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
211 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
212 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
213 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
f6e64b78 214
d55b0463
LP
215 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
216 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
217 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
218 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
cf84484a
LP
219 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
220 again.
221
222 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
223 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
224 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
d55b0463 225
fccf5419
LP
226 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
227 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
76451c1d
LP
228 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
229 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
230 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
231 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
232 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
233 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
234 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
235 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
236 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
237 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
238 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
239 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
240 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
241 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
242 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
243 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
244 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
245 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
fccf5419 246
e06fafb2 247 — Berlin, 2017-10-XX
fccf5419 248
4b4da299
LP
249CHANGES WITH 234:
250
251 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
252 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
253 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
254 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
255 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
256 summary:
257
258 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
259
260 becomes:
261
262 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
263
264 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
265 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
266 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
267 .device units.
268
269 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
270 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
271 running a systemd user instance.
272
273 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
274 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
275 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
276 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
277 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
278 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
279
9f09a95a 280 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4b4da299
LP
281
282 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
283 (domain search list).
284
285 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
286 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
287 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
288 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
289 implementation of RA.
290
291 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
292 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
293 ISO date values.
294
295 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
296 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
297 devices.
298
299 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
300 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
301 option.
302
303 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7f7ab228
ZJS
304 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
305 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
306 default yet.
4b4da299
LP
307
308 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
309 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
310 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
311 SHA256SUMS files.
312
313 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
314 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
315
316 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
317
318 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
319
320 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
321 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5486a31d
ZJS
322
323 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
324 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
325 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
326 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
327
9f09a95a
ZJS
328 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
329 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
38d93385 330 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9f09a95a
ZJS
331 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
332 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
333 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
334 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
335 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
336 systemd-logind to be safe. See
337 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
338
9d8813b3
YW
339 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
340 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
341 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
342 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
38d93385 343 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
9d8813b3
YW
344 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
345
184d2c15 346 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
ac172e52
LP
347 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
348 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
349 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
350 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
184d2c15
LP
351 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
352 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
353 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
354 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
ac172e52
LP
355 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
356 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
357 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
358 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
359 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
360 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
361 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
362 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
363 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
364 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
365 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
366 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
367 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
368 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
369 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
370 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
184d2c15
LP
371 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
372 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
ac172e52
LP
373 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
374 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
375 Георгиевски
4b4da299 376
ac172e52 377 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4b4da299 378
a2b53448 379CHANGES WITH 233:
d08ee7cb 380
23eb30b3
ZJS
381 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
382 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
383 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
384 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
385 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
386 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
387 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
388 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
389 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
390
391 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
392 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
393 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
394 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
395 default selected on the configure command line
396 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
397 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
398 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
399 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
400 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
401 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
402 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
403 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
404 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
405 greatest stability and compatibility only.
406
407 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
408 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
409 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
410 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
411 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
412 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
413 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
414 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
415 further details about this.)
416
fb7c4eff
MG
417 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
418 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
419 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
420
23eb30b3
ZJS
421 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
422 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
423
d60c5270 424 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4dfe64f8
ZJS
425 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
426 with 'make install-tests'.
427
23eb30b3
ZJS
428 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
429 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
430 kernel.
431
432 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
433 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
434 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
435 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
436 by the Slice= option.
437
5cfc0a84
LP
438 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
439 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
440 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
441 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
442
2bcc3309
FB
443 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
444 following choices:
445
b0eb2944 446 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 447 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 448 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 449 (h)elp
eedf223a 450 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 451 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
452 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
453 (y)es, execute the command
454
455 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
456 because its meaning was confusing.
457
d08ee7cb
LP
458 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
459 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
460
8e458bfe
JW
461 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
462 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
463 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
464
85266f9b
LP
465 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
466 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
467 state directly, without executing these commands.
468
baf32786
MP
469 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
470 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
23eb30b3 471 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
fa8b4499 472
631b676b
LP
473 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
474 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
475 combination with After=) have been started.
476
d08ee7cb
LP
477 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
478 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
23eb30b3 479 setting, and which system calls they contain.
d08ee7cb
LP
480
481 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
23eb30b3 482 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
d08ee7cb 483 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
23eb30b3 484 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
d08ee7cb
LP
485 configuration related calls.
486
487 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
488 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
489 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
23eb30b3
ZJS
490 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
491 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
492 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
493 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
d08ee7cb 494
23eb30b3
ZJS
495 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
496 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
d08ee7cb
LP
497
498 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
499 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
500 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
501
23eb30b3
ZJS
502 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
503 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
504
505 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
506 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
507 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
508 for compatibility.
509
510 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
511 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
512
513 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
514 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
515
516 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
517 support for negative matching.
518
d08ee7cb
LP
519 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
520
521 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
522 permitted runtime of the mount command.
523
524 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
525 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
526 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
527 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
528 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
529 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
530 removed from the drive.
531
23eb30b3
ZJS
532 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
533 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
d08ee7cb
LP
534
535 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
536 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
537
23eb30b3
ZJS
538 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
539 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
540 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
d08ee7cb
LP
541
542 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
543 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
544 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
545 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
baf32786
MP
546 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
547 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
548 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
d08ee7cb
LP
549
550 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
551 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
552 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
23eb30b3 553 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
d08ee7cb
LP
554 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
555 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
556
557 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
558 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
559
23eb30b3
ZJS
560 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
561 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
d08ee7cb 562 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
baf32786 563 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
d08ee7cb
LP
564 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
565 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
566 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
567 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
568
569 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
570 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
571 including all control processes.
572
573 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
574 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
575 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
576
577 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
578 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
579 prefixing the source path with "+".
580
581 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
582 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
583 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
584 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
585 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
586 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
587 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
588 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
589
baf32786
MP
590 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
591 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
592 before).
d08ee7cb
LP
593
594 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
595 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
596 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
597 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
598 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
599 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
600 the new --root-hash= command line option).
601
602 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
603 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
604 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
605 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
606 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
607 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
608 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3b31c466 609 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
d08ee7cb
LP
610 versions.
611
612 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
baf32786 613 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
d08ee7cb
LP
614 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
615 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
616 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
617 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
618 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
619 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
620 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
621 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
622 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
623 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
624 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
625 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
626 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
627 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
628 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
629 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
630 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
631 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
632 a Verity-enabled root partition.
633
d08ee7cb
LP
634 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
635 accelerometer quirks.
636
637 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
638 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
639 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
640 ID of each service.
641
642 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
643 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
644 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
645 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
646 view.
647
648 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
649 environment variables:
650
651 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
652
653 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
654 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
655 address.
656
657 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
658 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
659 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
660
d08ee7cb 661 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
23eb30b3
ZJS
662 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
663 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
664 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
665 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
d08ee7cb 666 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
23eb30b3
ZJS
667 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
668 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
d08ee7cb
LP
669 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
670 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
671 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
672 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
23eb30b3 673 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
d08ee7cb
LP
674
675 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
676 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
677 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
678
679 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
680 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
681
682 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
683 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
684 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
685 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
23eb30b3 686 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
d08ee7cb
LP
687
688 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
689 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
690 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
691
692 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
693 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
694
695 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
696 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
697 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
698 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
699
700 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
701 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
702 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
703 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
704 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
705 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
706 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
707 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
708 possibly even including full integrity data.
709
710 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
baf32786 711 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
d08ee7cb
LP
712 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
713 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
714 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
715
716 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
717 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
718 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
719 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
720 directly with systemd-nspawn.
721
d08ee7cb 722 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
23eb30b3 723 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
d08ee7cb
LP
724 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
725 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
726
c1ec34d1 727 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
d08ee7cb
LP
728 of coredumps in reverse order.
729
23eb30b3
ZJS
730 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
731 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
732 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
733 additional informational message in its output.
734
735 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
736 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
737 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
738
d08ee7cb 739 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
23eb30b3 740 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
d08ee7cb
LP
741 scripting languages such as Python.
742
743 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
744 namespacing is enabled for them.
745
baf32786 746 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
d08ee7cb
LP
747 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
748 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
baf32786 749 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
23eb30b3
ZJS
750 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
751 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
d08ee7cb 752
a2b53448
LP
753 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
754 root key (KSK).
755
a2b53448
LP
756 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
757 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
758 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
759
d08ee7cb
LP
760 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
761 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
762 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
763 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
764 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
765 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
766 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
767 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
768 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
a2b53448
LP
769 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
770 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
771 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
772 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
773 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
774 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
775 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
776 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
777 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
778 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
779 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
780 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
781 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
782 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
783 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
784 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
785 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
786 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
787 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
788 Тихонов
789
790 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
d08ee7cb 791
54b24597 792CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 793
05f426d2
LP
794 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
795 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
796 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
797 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
798 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
799 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
800
4ffe2479
ZJS
801 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
802 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
803
6fa44114 804 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
805 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
806 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 807
4a77c53d
ZJS
808 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
809 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
810 to be remounted read-only for a service.
811
e49e2c25 812 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
813 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
814 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
815 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
816
6fa44114 817 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
818 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
819
820 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
821 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
822 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
823
4ffe2479
ZJS
824 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
825 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
826 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
827 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
828 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
829 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
830 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
831 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
832 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
833 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 834
171ae2cd 835 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 836 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 837 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
838
839 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
840 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
841 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
842 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
843
844 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
845 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
846 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
847 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
848
849 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
850 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
851
852 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
853 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
854 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
855 and the support is provisional.
856
171ae2cd
LP
857 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
858 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
859 unit files in the file system).
860
861 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
862 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
863 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
864 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
865 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
866 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
867 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
868 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
869 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
870 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
871 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
872 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
873
874 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
875 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
876 option.
877
878 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
879 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
880 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
881 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
882 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
883 else.
884
171ae2cd
LP
885 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
886 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
887 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
888 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
889 bootable on physical systems.
890
4a77c53d 891 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
892
893 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
894 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
895 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
896 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
897 used.
898
899 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 900 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
901 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
902 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
903
05ecf467 904 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 905
d4c08299 906 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
907 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
908 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
909 of the container).
910
171ae2cd 911 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
912 files from the specified location.
913
914 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
915 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
916 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
917 be active.
918
919 * The hardware database has been extended to support
920 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
921 trackball devices.
922
923 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
924 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
925 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
926
927 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
928 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
929 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 930
171ae2cd 931 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
932 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
933
171ae2cd 934 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 935 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
936 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
937 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
938 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
939
940 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
941 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
942 are automatically propagated to the container.
943
944 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
945 from a single IP address can be limited with
946 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
947 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 948
4a77c53d
ZJS
949 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
950 configuration.
951
952 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
953 drop-ins.
954
4ffe2479
ZJS
955 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
956 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
957 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
958 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
959 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
960 [Link] section of .link files.
961
171ae2cd
LP
962 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
963 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
964 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
965 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 966
171ae2cd 967 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
968 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
969 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
970
171ae2cd 971 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
972 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
973 .network files.
974
171ae2cd
LP
975 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
976 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
977 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
978 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 979
4a77c53d 980 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 981 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
982 has been traditionally doing.
983
984 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
985 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
986 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
987 prevent any later plugins from running.
988
76153ad4 989 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 990 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
991 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
992 default of SplitMode=uid.
993
4a77c53d
ZJS
994 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
995 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
996 useful.
997
4ffe2479
ZJS
998 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
999 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1000 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1001 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1002 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1003 individual namespaces.
1004
171ae2cd
LP
1005 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1006 the output, as well as OS release information.
1007
1008 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1009
1010 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1011 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1012 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1013 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1014 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1015
1016 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1017 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1018 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1019 severed.
1020
1021 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1022 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1023 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1024 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1025 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1026 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1027 information about exit statuses and results.
1028
4c37970d
LP
1029 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1030 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1031 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1032 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1033 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1034 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1035
1036 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1037
1038 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1039 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1040 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1041 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1042 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1043 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1044 entirely.
1045
1046 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1047 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1048 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1049
1050 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1051 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1052 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1053 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1054 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1055 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1056 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1057 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1058 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1059 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1060 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1061 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1062 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1063 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1064 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1065 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1066 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1067
1068 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1069 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1070 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1071 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1072
1073 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1074 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1075 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1076 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1077
1078 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1079 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1080 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1081 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1082 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1083 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1084 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1085 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1086 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1087 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1088 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1089 fragment entirely.)
1090
1091 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1092 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1093 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1094
1095 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1096 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1097 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1098 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1099
1100 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1101 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1102 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1103 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1104 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1105 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1106
1107 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1108 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1109
b4eed568
LP
1110 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1111 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1112
1113 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1114 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1115 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1116 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1117 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1118
07393b6e
LP
1119 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1120 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1121 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1122 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1123 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1124 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1125 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1126 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1127 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1128 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1129 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1130 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1131 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1132 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1133 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1134 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1135 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1136 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1137 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1138 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1139 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1140 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1141 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1142 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1143 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1144 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1145
54b24597 1146 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 1147
5cd118ba
MP
1148CHANGES WITH 231:
1149
fcd30826
LP
1150 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1151 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 1152 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
1153 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1154 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1155 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1156 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1157 independently.
1158
1159 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1160 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1161
1162 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1163 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1164 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1165 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 1166 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
1167 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1168 values.
1169
1170 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1171 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1172 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1173 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1174 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1175
1176 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1177 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1178 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1179 7:10am every day.
1180
1181 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1182 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1183 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1184 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1185 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1186 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1187 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1188 available for compatibility.
1189
1190 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1191 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1192 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1193 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1194 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1195 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1196
1197 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1198 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1199 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1200 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1201 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1202 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1203 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1204 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1205 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1206
1207 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1208 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1209 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1210 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
1211 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1212 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1213 desired options.
1214
fcd30826
LP
1215 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1216 cgroupsv2.
1217
1218 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1219 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1220 limited to subgroups of that group.
1221
1222 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1223 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1224 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 1225 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
1226 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1227 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1228 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1229 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1230
1231 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1232 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1233 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1234 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1235 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1236 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1237 own long-running services.
1238
1239 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1240 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1241 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1242 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1243
1244 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1245 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1246 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1247 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1248 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1249 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1250 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1251 primitives.
1252
1253 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1254 "terminate".
1255
1256 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1257 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1258
1259 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1260 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1261 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1262 --flush-caches".
1263
771de3f5 1264 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
1265 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1266 is shown.
1267
1268 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1269 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1270 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 1271 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
1272 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1273 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1274
1275 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1276 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1277 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1278 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1279 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1280 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1281 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1282 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1283 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1284 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1285 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1286 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1287 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1288 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1289 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1290 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1291 bus API instead.
1292
1293 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1294 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1295 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1296 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1297
1298 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1299 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1300 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1301 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1302
1303 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1304 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1305 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1306
1307 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1308 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1309
1310 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1311 interface configuration.
1312
1313 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1314 specifying the --force switch.
1315
1316 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1317 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1318 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1319
43a569a1
ZJS
1320 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1321 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1322 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1323 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 1324 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
1325 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1326 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1327 to be handled.
1328
1329 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1330 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1331
1332 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1333 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1334
1335 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1336 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1337 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1338
0f1da52b
LP
1339 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1340 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1341
1342 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1343 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1344 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1345 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1346 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1347 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1348 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
1349 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1350 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1351 library.
43a569a1 1352
fcd30826
LP
1353 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1354 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1355 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1356 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1357 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1358 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 1359 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
1360 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1361 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1362 HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 1363
4ffe2479
ZJS
1364 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1365 distribution's bugtracker.
1366
38b383d9
LP
1367 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1368 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1369 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1370 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1371 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1372 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1373 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1374 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1375 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1376 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1377 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1378 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1379 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1380 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1381 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1382 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
1383 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1384 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 1385 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 1386
38b383d9 1387 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 1388
46e40fab 1389CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 1390
61ecb465
LP
1391 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1392 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1393 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1394 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1395 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1396 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1397 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1398 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1399 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 1400 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
1401 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1402 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1403 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1404 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1405 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
1406 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1407 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1408 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1409 applications.)
61ecb465 1410
96515dbf 1411 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 1412 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 1413 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 1414
97e5530c
ZJS
1415 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1416 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 1417 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
1418 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1419 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1420 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1421 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
1422
1423 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1424 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1425 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 1426 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 1427 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 1428 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
1429
1430 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1431 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1432 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
1433 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1434 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1435 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 1436
95365a57 1437 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 1438 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 1439
e75690c3
ZJS
1440 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1441 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 1442 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
1443
1444 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1445
96515dbf 1446 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 1447 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
1448 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1449 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1450 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 1451
96515dbf
ZJS
1452 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1453 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1454 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 1455 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 1456
e40a326c
LP
1457 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1458 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
1459 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1460 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
1461 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1462 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 1463
e40a326c
LP
1464 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1465 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
1466 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1467
1468 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1469 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1470 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1471 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1472 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1473 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1474
1475 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1476 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1477 address.
1478
1479 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1480 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1481 should be emitted.
96515dbf 1482
e40a326c 1483 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
1484 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1485 supported.
1486
e40a326c
LP
1487 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1488 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1489 logging performance.
96515dbf 1490
e75690c3
ZJS
1491 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1492 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1493 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1494 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1495 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1496 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1497
1498 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1499 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1500 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1501 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1502
e40a326c
LP
1503 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1504 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
1505
1506 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1507 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1508 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1509
e75690c3 1510 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
1511
1512 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1513 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
1514 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1515 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 1516
e75690c3
ZJS
1517 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1518 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1519 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1520 refuse to operate on such files.
1521
e40a326c
LP
1522 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1523 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1524 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1525
1526 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1527 just hidden container images.
1528
e40a326c
LP
1529 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1530 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1531
e40a326c
LP
1532 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1533 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1534 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1535 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
1536 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1537 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1538 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1539 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1540 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1541 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1542 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 1543
25b0e6cb
LP
1544 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1545 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1546 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1547 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1548 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1549 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1550 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1551 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1552 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1553 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1554 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1555 terminates.
1556
e40a326c 1557 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
1558 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1559 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1560 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 1561
030bd839 1562 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
1563 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1564 rate of the socket unit.
1565
1566 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1567 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1568 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1569 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1570 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1571
999a43f8
LP
1572 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1573 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1574 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 1575 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
1576 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1577 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1578 with this.
1579
e75690c3
ZJS
1580 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1581 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1582
1583 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1584 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1585
1586 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1587 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1588 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1589 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1590 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1591
1592 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1593 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1594 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1595
4f9020fa
DR
1596 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1597 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1598 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1599 target is now included in early userspace.
1600
e75690c3
ZJS
1601 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1602 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1603 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1604 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1605 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1606 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1607 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1608 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
1609 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1610 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
1611 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1612 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1613 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
1614 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1615 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1616 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
1617 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1618 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1619 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1620 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1621 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1622 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
1623 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1624 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1625 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1626 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 1627
46e40fab 1628 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 1629
61f32bff
MP
1630CHANGES WITH 229:
1631
d5f8b295
LP
1632 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1633 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1634 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
1635 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1636 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1637 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1638 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1639 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1640 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1641 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1642 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1643 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1644 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
1645
1646 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
1647 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1648 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1649 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
1650
1651 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1652 devices.
1653
a7c723c0
LP
1654 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1655 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1656 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1657 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1658 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1659 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1660 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1661 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1662 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1663 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1664 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1665 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1666 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1667 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1668 this limit.
1669
1670 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1671 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1672 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1673 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1674 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1675 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1676 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1677 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1678
1679 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1680 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1681 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1682 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1683 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1684 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1685 and group at package installation time.
1686
d5f8b295
LP
1687 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1688 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1689 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1690 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1691 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1692
8968aea0
MP
1693 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1694 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
1695 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1696 supports it.
1697
1698 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1699 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1700
1701 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1702 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1703 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1704 file is already initialized.
1705
1706 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1707 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
1708 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1709 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1710 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1711 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1712 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1713 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
1714 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1715
1716 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1717 working directory for the process started in the container.
1718
ed5f8840
ZJS
1719 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1720 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1721 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1722 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1723 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
1724
1725 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1726 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1727 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1728
1729 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1730 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1731 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1732 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1733
1734 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
1735 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1736 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1737 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1738 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
1739
1740 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
1741 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1742 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1743 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1744
1745 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1746 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1747 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
1748 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1749 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1750 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1751 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1752 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 1753 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
1754 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1755 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1756 by PID 1.
1757
50f48ad3
DM
1758 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1759 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1760 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1761 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1762 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1763 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1764 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1765 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1766
1767 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1768
d5f8b295 1769 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 1770 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
1771 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1772
8968aea0
MP
1773 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1774 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1775 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
1776 recent kernels.
1777
1778 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1779 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1780
8968aea0 1781 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
1782 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1783 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1784 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1785 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1786 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1787 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1788 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1789 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1790 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 1791 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
1792 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1793 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
1794
1795 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
1796 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1797 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1798 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
1799
1800 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1801
1802 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1803 sockets.
1804
1805 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1806
1807 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1808 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1809 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1810 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1811 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1812 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1813
1814 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1815 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1816 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1817
1818 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1819 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
1820 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1821 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
1822
1823 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 1824
3545ab35
LP
1825 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1826 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1827 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1828 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1829 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1830 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1831 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1832 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1833 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1834 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1835 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1836 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1837 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1838 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1839 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1840 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1841 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1842 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1843 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1844
ccddd104 1845 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 1846
a11c7ea5
LP
1847CHANGES WITH 228:
1848
a11c7ea5
LP
1849 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1850 files are now also available as properties to set when
1851 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1852 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1853 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1854 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1855 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1856 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1857 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1858
28c85daf
LP
1859 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1860 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1861 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 1862
f1f8a5a5
LP
1863 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1864 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1865 created transiently.
1866
a11c7ea5
LP
1867 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1868 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1869 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1870 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1871 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 1872 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
1873 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1874 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1875
28c85daf
LP
1876 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1877 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1878 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1879
a11c7ea5
LP
1880 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1881 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1882 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1883 enabled.
1884
f1f8a5a5
LP
1885 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1886 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1887 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1888 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1889 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1890 subvolumes.
1891
a11c7ea5
LP
1892 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1893 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1894
28c85daf 1895 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
1896 individual indexes.
1897
28c85daf
LP
1898 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1899 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1900 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1901 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1902 suffixes now.
1903
f1f8a5a5
LP
1904 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1905 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1906 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1907 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1908 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1909 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1910 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1911 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1912 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1913 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1914 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1915 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1916 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1917 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1918 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1919 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1920 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1921 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1922 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1923 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1924 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1925
28c85daf
LP
1926 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1927 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1928 links between the host and the container.
1929
1930 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1931 added that allows importing select environment variables
1932 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1933 the service.
1934
ddb4b0d3 1935 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 1936 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
1937 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1938 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1939 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1940 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1941 than until they first elapse.
1942
a11c7ea5 1943 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
1944 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1945 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
1946 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1947 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1948 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1949 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1950 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1951
28c85daf
LP
1952 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1953 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1954 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1955 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1956 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1957 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1958 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 1959 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
1960 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1961 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 1962
28c85daf
LP
1963 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1964 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1965 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 1966 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
1967 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1968 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1969 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1970 software you package still references it, as this is a
1971 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1972 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1973
1974 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 1975
d5bd92bb
LP
1976 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1977 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1978
a11c7ea5
LP
1979 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1980 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1981 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1982
b9e2f7eb
LP
1983 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1984 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1985 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1986 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1987 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1988 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1989 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1990 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1991 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1992 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1993 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1994 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1995 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1996 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1997 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1998 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1999
2000 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2001 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2002 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2003 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2004 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2005 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2006 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2007 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2008 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2009 surprises.
2010
28c85daf
LP
2011 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2012 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2013 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2014 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2015 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2016 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2017 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2018 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2019 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2020 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2021 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 2022 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
2023 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2024 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2025 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2026 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2027 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2028 of PID 1 is the root user).
2029
2030 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2031 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2032 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
2033 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2034 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2035 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2036 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2037 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2038 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2039 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2040 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2041 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2042 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2043 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2044 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 2045
ccddd104 2046 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 2047
c97e586d
DM
2048CHANGES WITH 227:
2049
2050 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2051 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2052 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2053
2054 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2055 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2056 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2057 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2058 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2059 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2060
d046fb93
LP
2061 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2062 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
2063 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2064 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 2065 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
2066
2067 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
2068 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2069 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2070 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2071 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2072 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
2073
2074 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 2075 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
2076 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2077 automatically.
2078
21d86c61
DM
2079 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2080 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2081 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2082
2083 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2084 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2085 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2086 for disk IO.
2087
2088 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2089 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2090 removed.
2091
d046fb93
LP
2092 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2093 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2094 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2095 configured in User=.
21d86c61 2096
fe08a30b
LP
2097 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2098 directory of the selected user by default.
2099
21d86c61 2100 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
2101 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2102 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2103 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2104 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2105 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2106 compat reasons.
21d86c61 2107
fe08a30b 2108 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 2109 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
2110 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2111 units.
2112
2113 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2114 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2115 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2116 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2117 level.
2118
2119 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2120 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2121 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2122 namespaces work correctly.
2123
2124 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2125 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2126 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 2127 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
2128 activation.
2129
2130 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2131 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2132 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2133 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2134 system instance in a container.
2135
2136 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2137 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2138 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2139 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2140 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2141 connections.
2142
2143 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2144 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2145
2146 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2147 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2148 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2149 processes attached, or similar.
2150
bdba9227
DM
2151 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2152 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2153 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2154
2155 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2156 specifiers like %i or %f.
2157
ce830873 2158 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
2159 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2160 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2161 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2162
bdba9227
DM
2163 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2164 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 2165 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
2166 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2167 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2168 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 2169
d046fb93
LP
2170 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2171
0053598f 2172 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 2173 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
2174
2175 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2176 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2177
2178 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 2179 .network files.
fe08a30b 2180
bdba9227
DM
2181 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2182 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2183 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2184 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2185 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2186 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2187 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2188 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2189 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2190 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2191 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2192 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2193 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2194 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2195 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
2196
2197 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2198 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2199 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2200 next to the image file.
c97e586d 2201
91d0d699
LP
2202 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2203 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2204 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2205 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2206
2207 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2208 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2209 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2210 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2211 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2212 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2213
d046fb93
LP
2214 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2215 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2216 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2217 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 2218 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
2219 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2220 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2221 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2222 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2223 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2224 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 2225
bdba9227
DM
2226 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2227 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 2228
efce0ffe 2229 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 2230
61e6771c
LP
2231 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2232 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2233 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2234 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2235 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2236 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2237 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2238 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2239 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2240 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2241 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2242 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2243 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2244 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2245 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2246 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2247 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2248 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2249
ccddd104 2250 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 2251
c9912c5e
DH
2252CHANGES WITH 226:
2253
5e8d4254
LP
2254 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2255 new features:
2256
2257 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2258 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2259 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2260 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2261 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2262 is any) is propagated.
2263
2264 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2265 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2266 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2267 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2268 information is enabled between host and containers by
2269 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2270 to what the host has set.
2271
2272 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2273 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2274
2275 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2276 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2277 information back, even if the server loses state.
2278
2279 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2280 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2281 PoolSize=.
2282
2283 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2284 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2285 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2286 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2287
2288 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2289 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2290 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2291 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2292 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2293
2294 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2295 for virtio devices.
2296
2297 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2298 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2299 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2300 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2301 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2302 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2303 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2304 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 2305 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
2306 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2307 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2308 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2309 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2310 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2311 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2312 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2313 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2314 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2315 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2316 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2317 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2318 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2319 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2320 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2321 grants them.
2322
2323 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2324 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2325 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2326 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2327 group tree.
2328
2329 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2330 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2331 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2332 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2333 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2334 work correctly in containers now.
2335
2336 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2337 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2338
c626bf1d
DM
2339 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2340 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
2341 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2342 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2343 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2344
2345 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2346 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2347 signal events.
2348
2349 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2350 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2351 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2352 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2353 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 2354
47f5a38c
LP
2355 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2356 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2357 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2358 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2359 nspawn command line.
2360
2f77decc
LP
2361 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2362 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2363 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2364 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2365 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2366 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2367 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 2368 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 2369
ccddd104 2370 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 2371
ec5249a2
DM
2372CHANGES WITH 225:
2373
5e8d4254
LP
2374 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2375 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2376 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2377 shell directly without prompting for username or
2378 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2379 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2380 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2381 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2382 the originating session.
2383
2384 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2385 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2386
2387 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2388 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2389 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2390 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2391 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2392 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2393 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2394 this release.
2395
2396 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2397 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2398 messages.
2399
2400 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2401 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2402 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2403
2404 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2405 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2406
2407 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2408 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2409 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2410 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2411 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2412 posteriori.
2413
2414 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2415 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2416
2417 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2418 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2419 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2420 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2421 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2422 "lastlog" tools.
2423
2424 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2425 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2426 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2427 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2428 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2429
2430 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2431 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2432 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2433 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2434 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2435 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2436 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2437 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2438 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2439 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2440 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2441 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 2442
ccddd104 2443 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 2444
11811e85
DH
2445CHANGES WITH 224:
2446
10fa421c
DH
2447 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2448 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2449
5e8d4254
LP
2450 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2451 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2452 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 2453
11811e85
DH
2454 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2455 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2456 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2457
ccddd104 2458 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 2459
e57eaef8
DH
2460CHANGES WITH 223:
2461
2462 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2463 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2464 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2465 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2466
01608bc8 2467 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
2468 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2469
2470 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2471 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2472
931618d0
DM
2473 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2474
2475 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 2476 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
2477 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2478
2479 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2480 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2481 decapsulated packet.
2482
2483 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2484 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2485 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2486 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2487 netlink attribute.
2488
2489 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2490 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2491 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2492 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2493
2494 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2495 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2496 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 2497
f5f113f6
DH
2498 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2499 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2500
e57eaef8 2501 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 2502 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
2503 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2504
2505 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2506 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2507 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2508 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2509 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2510 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2511
2512 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
2513 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2514 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2515 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2516 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2517 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2518 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2519 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2520 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2521 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2522
ccddd104 2523 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 2524
0db83ad7 2525CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 2526
861b02eb
KS
2527 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2528 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2529 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2530
2531 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2532 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
2533
2534 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2535 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2536 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2537 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2538 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2539
5541c889
DH
2540 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2541 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2542 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2543
9b361114
DM
2544 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2545 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2546 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2547 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2548 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2549
2550 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2551
0db83ad7
DH
2552 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2553 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2554 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2555 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
2556 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2557 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
2558 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2559 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
2560 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2561 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 2562
ccddd104 2563 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 2564
0f0467e6
MP
2565CHANGES WITH 221:
2566
470e72d4 2567 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 2568 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
2569 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2570 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2571 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2572 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2573 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 2574 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
2575 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2576 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 2577 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 2578
470e72d4
LP
2579 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2580 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2581 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 2582 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
2583 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2584 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2585 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2586 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 2587 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
2588 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2589 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 2590
470e72d4
LP
2591 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2592 2.26.
2593
2594 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 2595 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
2596 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2597 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2598 in README for details.
2599
2600 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2601 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2602 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2603 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2604 unit.
2605
2606 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2607 into man pages.
2608
2609 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2610 external project.
2611
2612 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 2613 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
2614
2615 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2616 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2617 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2618 state.
2619
2620 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2621 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2622 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2623
2624 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2625 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2626 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2627 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2628 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2629 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2630 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2631 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2632 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2633 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2634 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
2635 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2636 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2637 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2638 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2639 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 2640
ccddd104 2641 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 2642
481a0aa2
LP
2643CHANGES WITH 220:
2644
f7a73a25
DH
2645 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2646 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2647 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2648 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2649 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2650 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2651 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
56cadcb6 2652 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
f7a73a25 2653
481a0aa2
LP
2654 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2655 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2656 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2657 service consumed). This value is only available if
2658 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2659 in the "systemctl status" output.
2660
2661 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2662 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 2663 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
2664 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2665 previously was already the default behaviour).
2666
2667 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2668 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2669 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2670
2671 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2672 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 2673 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
2674 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2675
2676 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2677 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2678 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2679 journalling file systems that support external journal
2680 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2681 systems to be mounted.
2682
2683 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2684 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2685 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2686 stable release this should not be problematic.
2687
2688 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2689 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2690 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2691 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2692 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2693
2694 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2695 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2696 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2697 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2698 network switches.
2699
2700 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2701 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2702
2703 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2704 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2705 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2706
2707 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2708
1579dd2c
LP
2709 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2710 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2711 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2712 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2713 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2714 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2715 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2716 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2717 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2718 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2719 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2720 been fixed in v220.
2721
481a0aa2
LP
2722 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2723 systemd-networkd.
2724
2725 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2726 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 2727 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
2728 containers started from the command line.
2729
2730 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2731 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2732
2733 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2734 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2735 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2736 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2737
2738 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2739 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2740 when shutting down.
2741
2742 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2743 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2744 overlayfs support.
2745
2746 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2747 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2748 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2749 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2750 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2751 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2752 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2753
2754 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2755 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2756 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2757
2758 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2759 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2760 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2761 of v1 as before).
2762
2763 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2764 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2765
2766 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2767 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2768 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2769 their own sessions without further privileges or
2770 authorization.
2771
2772 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2773 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2774 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2775 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2776 accessible via a bus interface.
2777
2778 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2779 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2780 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2781 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2782 to cover this functionality.
2783
2784 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 2785 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
2786 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2787 disabled/masked also stopped.
2788
2789 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
2790 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2791 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
2792
2793 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2794 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2795 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2796 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2797 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 2798 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
2799 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2800 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2801 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2802
2803 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2804 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2805 system.
2806
2807 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2808 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2809 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2810 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2811 device symlinks.
2812
2813 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2814 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2815 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2816 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2817
2818 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2819 stick devices has been added.
2820
2821 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2822 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2823
2824 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2825 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2826 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2827 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2828 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2829
2830 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2831 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2832 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2833
2834 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2835 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2836 Debian.
2837
2838 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2839 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2840 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2841
2842 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2843 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2844 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2845 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2846 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2847 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2848 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2849 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2850 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2851 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2852 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2853 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2854 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2855 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2856 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2857 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2858 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2859 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2860 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2861 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2862 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2863 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2864 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2865 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2866 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2867 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2868 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2869
ccddd104 2870 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 2871
615aaf41
LP
2872CHANGES WITH 219:
2873
615aaf41
LP
2874 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2875 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2876 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2877 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2878 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2879 interface with and update the database.
2880
2881 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2882 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2883 before bytewise copying is done.
2884
2885 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2886 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2887 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2888 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2889 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2890 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2891 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2892 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2893 available on btrfs file systems.
2894
2895 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2896 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 2897 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
2898 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2899 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2900 systems.
2901
2902 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2903 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2904 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2905 mount point remains.
2906
2907 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2908 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2909 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2910 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2911 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2912 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2913 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2914 are disabled.
2915
2916 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2917 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2918 container to the host or vice versa.
2919
2920 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2921 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2922 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2923
2924 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2925 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2926
2927 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2928 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2929 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2930 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2931 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2932 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2933 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2934 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2935 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 2936 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
2937 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2938 make the functionality of importd available to the
2939 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2940 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2941 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2942 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2943 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2944 only fully supported on btrfs.
2945
2946 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2947 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2948 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2949 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2950 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2951 information about images.
2952
2953 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2954 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 2955 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
2956 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2957 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2958 legacy file systems).
2959
2960 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2961 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2962 shown in networkctl output.
2963
2964 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2965 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2966 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2967 processes as system services while interactively
2968 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2969 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2970 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2971 full login session, the difference being that the former
2972 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2973 setup.
2974
2975 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2976 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2977 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2978 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2979 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2980
2981 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2982 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2983 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2984 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2985 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2986 via qemu/kvm.
2987
2988 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2989 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2990 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2991 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2992 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2993 disk images, too.
2994
2995 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2996 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2997 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2998 integrate with that.
2999
3000 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3001 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3002 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3003 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3004
3005 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3006 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3007 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3008
3009 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3010 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3011 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3012 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3013 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3014 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3015 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3016 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3017 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3018 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3019
3020 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3021 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3022 files.
3023
3024 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 3025 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 3026 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 3027 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
3028 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3029 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3030 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3031 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3032 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3033 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3034 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3035 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3036 explicitly turned on.
3037
3038 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3039 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3040 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3041 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3042
3043 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3044 supported.
3045
3046 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3047 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3048 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3049 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3050 associated with a virtual machine or container
3051 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3052 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3053 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3054 output however.)
3055
3056 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3057 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3058 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3059 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3060 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3061 caller's session/user.
3062
3063 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3064 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3065 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3066 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3067 user services.
3068
3069 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3070 same way as unit files.
3071
3072 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3073 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3074 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3075 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3076 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3077 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3078 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3079 the host.
3080
3081 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3082 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3083 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3084 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3085 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3086 host.
3087
dd2fd155 3088 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
3089 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3090 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3091 updated to make use of it too by default.
3092
3093 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3094 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3095 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3096 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3097
3098 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3099 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3100 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3101 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3102 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3103 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3104 modification.
3105
3106 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3107 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3108 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 3109 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
3110 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3111 information about Touchpad types.
3112
3113 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3114 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3115
3116 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3117 Policy link field.
3118
3119 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3120 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3121
3122 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3123 ACLs on files.
3124
3125 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3126 tmpfs, automatically.
3127
3128 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3129 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3130 status" output, if available.
3131
3132 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3133 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3134 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3135 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3136 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3137 run on next reboot.
3138
3139 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3140 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3141 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3142 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3143 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3144 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3145 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3146
3147 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3148 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3149 after a configurable timeout.
3150
3151 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3152 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3153 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3154 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3155 it non-idle.
3156
3157 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3158 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3159
3160 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3161 each .network interface in networkd.
3162
3163 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3164 in .network files.
3165
3166 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3167 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3168
11ea2781 3169 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
3170 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3171 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3172 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3173 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3174 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3175 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3176 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3177 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3178 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3179 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3180 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3181 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3182 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3183 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
3184 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3185 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3186 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3187 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3188 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3189 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3190 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
3191 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3192 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 3193
ccddd104 3194 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 3195
d4f5a1f4
DH
3196CHANGES WITH 218:
3197
f9e00a9f
LP
3198 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3199 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3200 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 3201 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
3202
3203 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 3204 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
3205 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3206 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3207 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3208
3209 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3210
3211 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 3212 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
3213 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3214 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3215 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3216 modified configuration after editing.
3217
3218 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3219 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3220 system preset files.
3221
3222 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3223 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3224 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3225 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3226 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3227 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3228 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3229 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3230 other contexts.
3231
3232 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3233 inhibitors.
3234
122676c9 3235 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 3236 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
3237 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3238 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3239 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
3240
3241 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3242 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3243 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3244 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3245 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 3246 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
3247 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3248 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3249 parallel to journald.
3250
3251 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3252 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3253 available.
3254
3255 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3256 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 3257 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
3258 or are not older than the specified time.
3259
3260 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3261 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3262 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3263 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3264
3265 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3266 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3267 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3268 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3269 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3270 communication.
3271
3272 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3273 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3274 services.
3275
3276 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3277 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3278 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3279 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3280 the new "busctl tree" command.
3281
3282 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3283 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3284 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3285 friendly way.
3286
3287 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3288 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3289 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3290 race-ful way.
3291
3292 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3293 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 3294 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
3295 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3296 --link-journal=try-guest.
3297
3298 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3299 stable MAC addresses.
3300
3301 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3302 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3303 the respective unit shall use.
3304
d4f5a1f4
DH
3305 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3306 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3307 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3308 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3309
b938cb90 3310 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 3311 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 3312 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
3313 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3314 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3315 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3316
17c29493 3317 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
3318 details see:
3319
3320 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3321
3322 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3323 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
3324 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3325 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3326 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3327 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3328 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3329 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3330 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3331 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3332 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3333 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3334
f9e00a9f
LP
3335 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3336 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3337 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3338 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3339 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3340
3341 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3342 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3343 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3344 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3345 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3346 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3347 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3348 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3349
3350 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 3351 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
3352 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3353 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3354 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3355 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3356 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3357 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3358 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3359 interface.
3360
3361 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3362 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3363 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3364 luks.name= argument.
3365
3366 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3367 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3368 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3369 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3370 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3371 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3372
3373 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3374 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3375 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3376
13e92f39
LP
3377 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3378 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3379 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3380 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3381 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3382 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3383 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3384 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3385 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3386 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3387 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
3388 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3389 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3390 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3391 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3392 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3393 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3394 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 3395
ccddd104 3396 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 3397
b62a309a
ZJS
3398CHANGES WITH 217:
3399
78b6b7ce
LP
3400 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3401 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3402 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3403 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 3404
a65b8245
ZJS
3405 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3406 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3407 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3408 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 3409
b62a309a
ZJS
3410 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3411 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
3412 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3413 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 3414 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 3415 connection.
b62a309a 3416
78b6b7ce
LP
3417 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3418 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
3419
3420 * User units are now loaded also from
3421 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3422 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3423 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3424
4ffd29fd
LP
3425 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3426 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3427 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3428 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3429 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3430 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3431 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3432 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3433 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3434 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3435 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3436 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3437 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3438 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3439 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3440 question.
3441
b62a309a
ZJS
3442 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3443 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3444 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3445
3446 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3447 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3448 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 3449 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 3450
78b6b7ce
LP
3451 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3452 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3453 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 3454 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
3455
3456 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3457 systemd-networkd.
3458
ba8df74b 3459 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 3460 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
3461 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3462
3463 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3464 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3465
3466 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3467 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3468 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3469
78b6b7ce 3470 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 3471
4bdc60cb 3472 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 3473 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 3474 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
3475 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3476 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3477 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 3478
c4ac9900 3479 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
3480 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3481 respected.
3482
3483 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3484 virtualization.
3485
3486 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 3487 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
3488 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3489 on.
b62a309a 3490
e6c253e3
MS
3491 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3492
3493 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3494
ba8df74b
KS
3495 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3496 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
3497 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3498 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3499 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3500 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3501 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3502
4bdc60cb
LP
3503 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3504 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3505 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3506 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3507 from the service's view entirely.
3508
3509 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3510 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3511
3512 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3513 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3514 session.
3515
3516 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3517 legacy-free systems.
3518
78b6b7ce
LP
3519 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3520 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3521 easily.
3522
3523 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3524 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3525 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3526 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3527 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3528 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3529 option.
3530
3531 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 3532 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
3533 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3534 /usr.
3535
f6d1de85 3536 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
3537 services, not only the main process.
3538
3539 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3540 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3541 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3542 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3543 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3544
3769415e
TT
3545 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3546 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3547 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3548 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3549 directly from now on, again.
3550
fae9332b
LP
3551 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3552 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3553 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3554 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 3555 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
3556 unit file enabling and disabling.
3557
cfa1571b
LP
3558 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3559 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3560 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3561 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3562 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3563 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3564 unnecessary or unlikely.
3565
7e63dd10
LP
3566 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3567 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 3568 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
3569 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3570
d4474c41
TG
3571 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3572 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3573 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3574 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3575 overwritten at runtime.
3576
3b187c5c
LP
3577 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3578 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3579 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3580 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3581 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3582 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3583 segmentation fault.
3584
4b08dd87
LP
3585 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3586 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3587 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3588 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3589 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3590 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3591 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3592 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3593 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3594 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3595 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3596 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3597 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3598 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3599 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3600 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3601 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3602 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3603 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3604 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3605 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 3606 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 3607
ccddd104 3608 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 3609
b72ddf0f 3610CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
3611
3612 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 3613 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
3614 implementations should add a
3615
b72ddf0f 3616 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
3617
3618 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3619 default functionality.
3620
3621 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3622 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3623 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3624 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3625 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3626 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3627 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3628 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3629 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3630 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3631 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3632 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3633 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3634
3635 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 3636 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
3637 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3638 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3639 expected to be added eventually, too.
3640
3641 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3642 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3643 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3644 new command to update these fields.
3645
3646 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3647 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3648 have been discovered via DHCP.
3649
3650 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3651 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
3652 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3653 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
3654 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3655 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3656 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3657 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 3658 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
3659 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3660 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3661 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 3662 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
3663 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3664 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3665 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3666 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3667 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3668 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3669 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3670
3671 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3672 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3673 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3674
3675 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3676 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3677 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 3678 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
3679 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3680 control utility for networkd.
3681
3682 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3683 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 3684 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
3685 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3686 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3687 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3688 (NoDelay=).
3689
a1a4a25e 3690 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
3691 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3692
3693 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
46ae28d8 3694 be started only after time-sync.target has been
b2ca0d63
LP
3695 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3696 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3697 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3698 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3699
3700 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3701 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3702 of the link.
3703
3704 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3705 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3706
3707 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3708 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3709
3710 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
3711 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3712 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3713 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
3714
3715 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3716 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3717 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3718 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3719 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3720 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3721 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3722 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3723
3724 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3725 validation of unit files.
3726
3727 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3728 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3729 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3730 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3731 address may now be configured.
3732
26568403
TG
3733 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3734 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3735 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3736 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3737
3738 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3739 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3740
3741 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3742 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3743 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3744 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3745
b2ca0d63
LP
3746 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3747 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3748 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3749 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3750 implementation.
3751
3752 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3753 journal data to a remote system running
3754 systemd-journal-remote.
3755
3756 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3757 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3758 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3759 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3760 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 3761 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
3762 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3763 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3764 version, you have to turn this option on again
3765 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3766
3767 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3768 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3769 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3770
3771 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3772 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3773
3774 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3775 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3776
3777 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3778 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3779 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3780
3781 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3782 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 3783 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
3784 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3785 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3786
01da80b1
LP
3787 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3788
3789 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3790
3791 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3792 when primary addresses are removed.
3793
b2ca0d63
LP
3794 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3795 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3796 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3797 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3798 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3799 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3800 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3801 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3802 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3803 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3804 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3805 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3806 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3807 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3808 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3809
ccddd104 3810 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 3811
3dff3e00 3812CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
3813
3814 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3815 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3816 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3817 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3818 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3819 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3820 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3821 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3822 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3823 require.
3824
3825 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3826 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3827
3828 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3829 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3830 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3831 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3832 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3833 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3834 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3835
3836 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3837 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3838 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3839 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3840 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3841 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3842 update or reset should use this condition and order
3843 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3844 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3845 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3846 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3847 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3848 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3849 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 3850 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
3851 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3852
3853 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3854
3855 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3856 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3857 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
3858 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3859
24a2bf4c
LP
3860 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3861 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3862 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3863 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3864 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3865 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3866 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
3867 .network files using settings of this section should be
3868 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3869 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 3870
c7435cc9
LP
3871 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3872 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
3873
3874 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3875 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3876 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3877 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3878 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3879 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3880 of nspawn instances.
3881
3882 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3883 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3884 added.
3885
3886 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3887 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3888 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3889 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3890 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3891 configuration stored in /etc.
3892
3893 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3894 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3895 parsing of unknown mount options.
3896
3897 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3898 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3899 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 3900 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
3901 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3902 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3903 pre-existing files of different types.
3904
3905 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3906 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 3907 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
3908 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3909 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3910 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3911 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3912
3913 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3914 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3915 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3916 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3917 shall be executed.
3918
3919 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3920 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 3921 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
3922
3923 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3924 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3925 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3926 reset.
3927
3928 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3929 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3930
3931 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3932 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3933 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3934
3935 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3936 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3937 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3938
3939 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3940 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3941 access to this group.
3942
3943 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3944 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3945 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3946 to the journal.
3947
3948 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3949 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3950 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3951 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3952 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3953 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3954
3955 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3956 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3957 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3958 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3959 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3960 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3961 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3962 the old name to the new name.
3963
3964 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 3965 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
3966 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3967
3968 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3969 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3970 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3971 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3972 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3973 "systemd-debug-generator".
3974
3975 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3976 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3977 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3978 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3979 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3980 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3981 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
3982 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3983 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
3984 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3985 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3986
3987 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3988 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3989 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
3990 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3991 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3992 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
3993
3994 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3995 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3996 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3997 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3998 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3999
4000 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4001 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4002 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4003 couple of drop-in directories.
4004
3058e017
TLSC
4005 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4006 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4007 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4008 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4009 for dev_port.
4010
c7435cc9
LP
4011 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4012 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4013 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4014 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4015
4016 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4017 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4018 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4019 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4020 Restart= setting.
4021
4022 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4023 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4024 directly connect to a specific container on the
4025 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4026 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4027 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4028 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4029 containers is a privileged operation.
4030
4031 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4032 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4033 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4034 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4035 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4036 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4037 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4038 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4039 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4040 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4041 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4042 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4043
ccddd104 4044 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 4045
4196a3ea
KS
4046CHANGES WITH 214:
4047
4048 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4049 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4050 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4051 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4052 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4053 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4054 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4055 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4056 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 4057 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 4058 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 4059 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 4060 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
4061 devices are excluded from this logic.
4062
04e91da2
LP
4063 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4064 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4065 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4066 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4067 change has been released.
4068
4069 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 4070 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
4071 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4072
ce830873 4073 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
4074 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4075 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 4076 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
4077
4078 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4079 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4080 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4081 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4082
a8eaaee7 4083 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
4084 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4085
a8eaaee7 4086 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
4087 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4088
4089 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 4090 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
4091 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4092
4093 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4094 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 4095 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
4096 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4097 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 4098 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 4099
cd14eda3 4100 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
4101 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4102 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 4103
ef392da6 4104 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 4105 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
4106 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4107 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4108 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4109 modifications of user data or system files from
4110 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4111 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4112
4113 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4114 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4115 and FIFOs in the file system.
4116
8d0e0ddd 4117 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
4118 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4119 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4120
4121 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4122 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 4123 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 4124 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
4125 the socket itself.
4126
4127 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4128 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4129 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4130 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4131 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4132 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4133 symlinks, and nothing else.
4134
4135 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4136 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4137 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4138 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4139 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4140 process (for example, the parent process). The
4141 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4142 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4143 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4144 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4145 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4146 messages to services when the originating process already
4147 vanished.
4148
4149 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 4150 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
4151 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4152 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4153 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4154 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4155 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4156 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4157 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4158 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4159 all long-running services.
4160
4161 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4162 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4163 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4164 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4165 service.
4166
4167 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4168 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4169 applied to all submounts, too.
4170
4171 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4172
4173 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4174 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4175 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4176 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4177 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4178 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4179 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4180
cc98b302 4181 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
4182 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4183 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 4184 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
4185 (domU) domains.
4186
4187 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4188 files or entire directories.
4189
4190 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
4191 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4192 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4193 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
4194 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4195
4196 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4197 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4198 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4199 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
4200 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4201 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 4202 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 4203 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
4204 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4205 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4206 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4207 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4208
4209 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4210 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4211 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4212 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4213
4214 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4215 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 4216 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 4217 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
4218 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4219 non-directories.
4220
4221 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4222 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4223 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4224
4c0d13bd
LP
4225 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4226 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4227 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4228 this group.
4229
dc1d6c02
LP
4230 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4231 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4232 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4233 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4234 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4235 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4236 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4237
ccddd104 4238 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 4239
6936cd89
LP
4240CHANGES WITH 213:
4241
4242 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 4243 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 4244 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 4245 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 4246 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
4247 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4248 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 4249 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 4250 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
4251 client should be more than appropriate for most
4252 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4253 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4254 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4255 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4256 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 4257 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 4258 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 4259 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 4260 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 4261 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 4262 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 4263
69beda1f
KS
4264 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4265 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
4266 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4267 part of a different namespace.
4268
4269 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4270 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
4271 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4272 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
4273
4274 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4275 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 4276 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
4277
4278 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4279 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 4280 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 4281 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
4282 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4283 restart the service in question.
4284
4285 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
4286 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4287 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4288 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4289 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
4290
4291 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4292 graphs it generates.
4293
4294 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4295 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4296 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4297 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4298 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4299
4300 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4301
4302 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4303 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4304 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4305 what it was on SysV systems.
4306
4307 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4308 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4309
4310 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4311 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4312 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4313 files.
4314
4315 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4316 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4317 to show these addresses in its output.
4318
4319 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4320 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4321 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4322 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4323 preferred over a text one.
4324
4325 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4326 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4327 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4328 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4329 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4330 mDNS cache.
4331
68dd0956
TG
4332 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4333 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4334 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4335 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4336 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4337
6936cd89 4338 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 4339 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 4340 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 4341 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
4342 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4343
8e7acf67
LP
4344 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4345 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4346 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 4347 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
4348 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4349 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4350 overrides any other settings.
4351
4352 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
4353 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4354 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4355 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4356 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4357 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4358 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4359 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4360 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
4361 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4362 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4363 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4364 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4365 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4366 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4367 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
4368 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4369
ccddd104 4370 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 4371
51c61cda
LP
4372CHANGES WITH 212:
4373
4374 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4375 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4376 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4377 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4378 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4379 by accident.
4380
4381 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4382 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4383 registered with machined.
4384
4385 * sd-login gained new calls
4386 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4387 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 4388 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
4389 counterparts.
4390
4391 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4392 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4393 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4394 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4395 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4396 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4397 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4398 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4399 once.
4400
4401 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4402 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4403 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4404
4405 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4406 units on all local containers, when used with the
4407 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4408 executed when no parameters are specified).
4409
4410 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4411 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4412 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4413 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4414
4415 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 4416 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
4417 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4418 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4419 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4420 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4421
4422 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4423 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4424 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4425 of the container.
4426
4427 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4428 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4429 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4430 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4431 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
4432 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4433 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4434 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
4435
4436 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4437 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4438 instead of /.
4439
4440 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4441 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4442 emergency messages now.
4443
4444 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4445 journal log messages across the network.
4446
4447 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4448 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4449 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4450 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4451 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4452 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4453 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4454
4455 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4456 down a local OS container.
4457
4458 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4459 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4460 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4461
4462 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4463 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4464 this is appropriate.
4465
4466 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 4467 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
4468 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4469
4470 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4471 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4472 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4473 for debugging purposes.
4474
4475 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4476 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4477 in seconds.
4478
4479 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4480 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4481 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4482 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4483 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4484 like on traditional inetd.
4485
4486 * A new system.conf configuration option
4487 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4488 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4489
b8bde116 4490 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
4491 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4492 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4493 do these days).
4494
b8bde116 4495 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
4496 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4497 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4498 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
4499 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4500 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
4501
4502 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4503 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4504 it will be triggered.
4505
4506 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4507 addresses to its local interfaces.
4508
4509 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4510 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4511 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4512 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4513 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4514 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4515 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4516 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4517 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4518
ccddd104 4519 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 4520
699b6b34
LP
4521CHANGES WITH 211:
4522
4523 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4524 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4525 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4526 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4527 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4528 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4529
4530 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4531 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4532 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4533 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4534 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4535 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4536 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4537 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 4538 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
4539
4540 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4541 matching against device group names.
4542
4543 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4544 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4545 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4546 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 4547 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
4548 though.
4549
4550 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4551 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4552 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 4553 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34 4554 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
56cadcb6 4555 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
699b6b34
LP
4556 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4557 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 4558 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
4559
4560 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4561 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4562 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4563 (see above). This means that installations made with
4564 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4565 deployed using container managers, completely
4566 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4567 this feature soon, too.)
4568
4569 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4570 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 4571 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
4572 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4573
4574 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4575 using IPv4LL.
4576
4577 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4578 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4579 systemd-networkd.
4580
4581 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4582 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4583 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4584 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4585 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4586
4587 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4588 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4589 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 4590 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
4591 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4592 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4593 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4594 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4595 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4596 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4597 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 4598 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
4599 users.
4600
4601 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4602 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4603 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4604 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4605 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4606 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4607 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4608 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4609 due to a closed lid.
4610
4611 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4612 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4613 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4614 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 4615 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
4616 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4617
4618 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4619 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4620 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4621 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4622 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4623
4624 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4625 now also work in --scope mode.
4626
4627 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4628 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4629 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4630 promises are made.)
4631
4632 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4633 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4634 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4635 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4636 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4637 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4638 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4639 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4640 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4641 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4642
ccddd104 4643 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 4644
43c71255
LP
4645CHANGES WITH 210:
4646
4647 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4648 according to SMACK rules.
4649
67dd87c5 4650 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
4651 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4652
4653 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4654 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4655 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4656
4657 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4658 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4659 and machine ID.
4660
ed28905e 4661 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 4662 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 4663 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
4664 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4665 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 4666 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 4667 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 4668 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
4669 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4670 backpack or similar.
4671
4672 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4673 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 4674 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 4675 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
4676 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4677 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4678 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4679 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4680 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4681 this on its own.
4682
4683 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4684 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4685 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4686 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4687
4688 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4689 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4690 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4691 --network-bridge= switches.
4692
4693 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4694 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4695 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4696 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4697 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4698 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4699 each configuration option.
4700
4701 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 4702 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 4703 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 4704 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
4705 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4706
4707 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4708 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4709 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4710 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4711 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4712
4713 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4714 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4715 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4716 default however.
4717
b8bde116 4718 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
4719 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4720 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 4721 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
4722 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4723 them with systemd-networkd.
4724
d27893ef
LP
4725 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4726 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4727 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 4728 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
4729 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4730 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 4731 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
4732 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4733 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 4734 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 4735 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
4736 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4737 during a transitional period!
4738
13b28d82 4739 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
4740 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4741 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4742 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4743 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4744 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4745 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4746 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4747
ccddd104 4748 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 4749
e49b5aad
LP
4750CHANGES WITH 209:
4751
4752 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4753 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
4754 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4755 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 4756 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
4757 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4758 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 4759 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 4760 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 4761 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
4762 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4763 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
4764
4765 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 4766 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
4767 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4768 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 4769 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
4770
4771 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4772 shutdown/boot.
4773
8b7d0494
JSJ
4774 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4775 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
4776
4777 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4778 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 4779 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
4780 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4781
4782 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4783 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 4784 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 4785 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 4786 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
4787 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4788
dfb08b05
ZJS
4789 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4790 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4791 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 4792 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
4793 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4794 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4795 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4796 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 4797 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 4798
e49b5aad 4799 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 4800 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
4801
4802 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4803 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4804 implementation.
4805
4806 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 4807 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
4808 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4809 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4810 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4811 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4812 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4813 and .service units.
4814
4815 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4816 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4817 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4818
8b7d0494 4819 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 4820 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 4821 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
4822 nothing makes use of it.
4823
4824 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4825 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4826 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4827
4828 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4829 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4830 compatibility purposes.
4831
4832 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4833 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4834 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 4835 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
4836 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4837 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4838 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4839 process handling.
4840
4841 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4842 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4843 style to "sd-bus.h".
4844
7e95eda5
PF
4845 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4846 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
4847 "systemd-networkd".
4848
4c2413bf 4849 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
4850 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4851 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4852 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4853 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
4854
4855 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4856 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4857 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4858 PID1's support for that anymore.
4859
8b7d0494 4860 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
4861 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4862
4863 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4864 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4865 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4866 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4867 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4868 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4869
4870 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 4871 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
4872 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4873 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
4874
4875 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4876 login in any local container. This works with any container
4877 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 4878 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
4879
4880 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4881 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4882 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4883 system of some kind.
4884
4885 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4886 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4887 next.
4888
4889 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4890 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4891 reboot() system call.
4892
4893 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4894 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 4895 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
4896 still available but not advertised anymore.
4897
e49b5aad
LP
4898 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4899 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 4900 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
4901 within each Unit.
4902
270f1624
LP
4903 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4904 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 4905 the kernel).
e49b5aad 4906
4670e9d5 4907 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
4908 timestamps (following the setting in
4909 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
4910
4911 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4912 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4913
4914 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4915 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4916
4917 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4918 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4919 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4920
4921 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4922 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
4923 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4924 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
4925
4926 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4927 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
4928 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4929
4930 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
4931
4932 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4933 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4934
4c2413bf 4935 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
4936 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4937 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4938 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4939
4940 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4941 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4942 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4943 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4944
e49b5aad
LP
4945 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4946 of the legend text.
4947
4948 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4949 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4950 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4951 remote sessions.
4952
8e420494
LP
4953 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4954 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
4955
4956 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4957 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4958 the system manager.
4959
1e190502 4960 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
4961 short description of the connection parameters in the
4962 description.
4963
4c2413bf 4964 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 4965 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 4966 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
4967 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4968 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4969 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4970 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 4971
c0c5af00 4972 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 4973 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 4974 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
4975 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4976 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4977 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 4978 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 4979 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
4980 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4981
6300b3ec
LP
4982 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4983 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4984 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4985 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
4986 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4987 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 4988 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 4989 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
4990 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4991 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4992 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4993 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4994 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4995 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4996 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4997 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4998 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4999 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5000 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 5001 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 5002 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
5003 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5004 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5005
8b7d0494 5006 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 5007 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
5008 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5009 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5010 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 5011 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
5012 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5013 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 5014 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 5015 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
5016 APIs.
5017
5018 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 5019 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 5020 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
5021 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5022 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5023 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 5024
81c7dd89 5025 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 5026 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 5027 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 5028 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 5029 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
5030 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5031 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5032 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5033 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5034 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5035 one of them is updated.
5036
e49b5aad 5037 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 5038 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
5039 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5040 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5041 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5042
5043 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5044 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5045 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 5046 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 5047 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
5048 entry points.
5049
5050 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5051 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5052 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5053 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 5054 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
5055
5056 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 5057 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
5058 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5059 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5060
1e190502
ZJS
5061 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5062 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5063 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 5064
1e190502
ZJS
5065 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5066 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5067 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
5068
5069 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5070 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 5071 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
5072
5073 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5074 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
5075
5076 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 5077 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 5078 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 5079 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
5080 all remaining processes of the service.
5081
4c2413bf
JE
5082 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5083 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
5084 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5085 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5086 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 5087 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
5088 manager process which created them takes no further
5089 responsibilities for it.
5090
1e190502 5091 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
5092 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5093 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5094 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5095 marked executable or world-writable.
5096
5097 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 5098 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
5099 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5100 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
5101
5102 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5103 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 5104 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 5105 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
5106
5107 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5108 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 5109 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
5110 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5111
5112 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5113 with specific SELinux labels set.
5114
5115 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5116 any additional output but the container's own console
5117 output.
5118
5119 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5120 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5121
5122 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 5123 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 5124 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
5125 OS images, but only specific apps.
5126
5127 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 5128 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 5129 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 5130 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
5131
5132 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5133 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 5134 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
5135 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5136 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5137 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 5138
6afc95b7
LP
5139 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5140 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 5141 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
5142 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5143 units to use.
6afc95b7 5144
e49b5aad
LP
5145 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5146 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5147 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5148 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5149
5150 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5151 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5152 context for a service.
5153
5154 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5155 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
5156 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5157 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
5158 influence this logic.
5159
5160 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5161 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5162 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5163 other things.
5164
4c2413bf 5165 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 5166 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
5167 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5168 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
5169 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5170 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5171 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 5172 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 5173 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
5174 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5175
210054d7
KS
5176 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5177 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5178
e49b5aad
LP
5179 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5180 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5181 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5182 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5183 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5184 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5185 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5186 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5187 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5188 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5189 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5190 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5191 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5192 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5193 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5194 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5195 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5196 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5197 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5198 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5199 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5200 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5201 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5202 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5203
ccddd104 5204 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 5205
cd4010b3
LP
5206CHANGES WITH 208:
5207
5208 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5209 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5210 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5211 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5212 access input and drm devices which are normally
5213 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5214 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5215 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5216 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5217 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5218 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5219 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5220 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5221
5222 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 5223 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
5224 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5225
5226 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5227 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5228 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5229 kernel version number.
5230
5231 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5232 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 5233 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
5234
5235 * This release removes high-level support for the
5236 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5237 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5238 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 5239 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
5240
5241 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5242 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5243 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
5244 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5245 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
5246 cgroup system.
5247
5248 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5249 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5250 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5251 logs among other things.
5252
5253 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5254 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5255 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5256 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5257 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5258 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5259 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5260 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5261 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5262 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5263 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5264 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5265 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5266 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5267 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5268 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5269 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5270 not delayed until next reboot.
5271
5272 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5273 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5274 systemd generated files in one directory.
5275
5276 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5277 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5278 performance information if that's available to determine how
5279 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5280 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5281 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5282
5283 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5284 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5285 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5286 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5287 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5288 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5289 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5290
ccddd104 5291 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 5292
4f0be680
LP
5293CHANGES WITH 207:
5294
5295 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 5296 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
5297 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5298 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5299
5300 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5301 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5302 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5303 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5304 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5305
5306 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5307 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5308
5309 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5310 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5311 maximum number of tries.
5312
5313 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5314 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5315 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5316
5317 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5318 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5319
5320 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5321 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 5322 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 5323
f3a165b0
KS
5324 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5325 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
5326 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5327
5328 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5329 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 5330 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
5331 and type).
5332
f3a165b0 5333 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
5334 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5335
5336 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5337 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 5338 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
5339 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5340
5341 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5342 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5343 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5344 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5345 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5346 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5347 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5348 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5349
5350 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5351 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5352 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5353 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5354
387abf80
LP
5355 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5356 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5357 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5358 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5359 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5360 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5361 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 5362
4f0be680
LP
5363 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5364 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5365
5366 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5367 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5368 automatically after the process terminated.
5369
5370 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5371 certain paths from operation.
5372
5373 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
5374 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5375 is received.
4f0be680
LP
5376
5377 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5378 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5379 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5380 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5381 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5382 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5383 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5384 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5385 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5386 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5387 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5388 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5389 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5390
ccddd104 5391 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 5392
408f281b
LP
5393CHANGES WITH 206:
5394
5395 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5396 concepts introduced with 205.
5397
5398 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5399 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5400 -r".
5401
5402 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5403 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 5404 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
5405
5406 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5407 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5408 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5409 the journal.
5410
5411 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5412 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5413 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5414
5415 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5416 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5417 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5418 browsing logs from that point on.
5419
5420 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5421 of an FSS key.
5422
251cc819
LP
5423 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5424 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5425 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5426 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5427 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 5428 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
5429 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5430 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5431 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5432 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5433 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5434 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5435 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5436 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5437
5438 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5439 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 5440 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 5441 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
5442
5443 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5444 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5445
5446 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5447 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5448
251cc819
LP
5449 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5450 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
5451
5452 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5453
5454 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5455 support for passing performance data via environment
5456 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5457 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5458 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5459 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5460 deserialize it again.
5461
28f5c779
KS
5462 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5463 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5464 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5465 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 5466
251cc819
LP
5467 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5468 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5469 completely silent shutdown when used.
5470
5471 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5472 option in .socket units.
5473
5474 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5475 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5476 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5477 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5478 system.slice as before.
5479
5480 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5481
5482 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5483 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5484 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5485 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5486 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5487 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5488 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5489
ccddd104 5490 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 5491
00aa832b
LP
5492CHANGES WITH 205:
5493
5494 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5495
5496 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 5497 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
5498 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5499 possible for system services and applications to group their
5500 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5501 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5502 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5503
5504 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 5505 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
5506 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5507 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5508 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5509
5510 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5511 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5512 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5513 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5514
5515 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5516 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5517 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5518 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5519 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5520 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5521 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5522 and useful as a general batch manager.
5523
5524 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5525 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5526 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5527 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5528 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5529 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5530 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5531 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5532 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5533 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5534
5535 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5536 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5537 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5538 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5539 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5540 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5541 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5542 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5543 is compile-time optional.
5544
5545 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5546 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5547 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5548 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5549 well as slice units.
5550
5551 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5552 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5553 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5554 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5555 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5556 command that wraps this call.
5557
5558 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5559 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5560 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5561 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5562 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5563 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5564 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5565
5566 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5567 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5568 off audit.
5569
5570 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5571 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5572
5573 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
5574 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5575 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5576 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
5577
5578 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5579 snippets extending unit files.
5580
5581 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5582 not available as public API.
5583
5584 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 5585 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
5586 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5587
5588 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5589 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5590 controls what to boot into by default.
5591
1fda0ab5
ZJS
5592 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5593 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5594
00aa832b
LP
5595 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5596 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5597 about the unit file loading.
5598
00aa832b
LP
5599 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5600 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5601 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5602 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5603 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5604 racy due to journal file rotation.
5605
5606 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5607 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5608 all services.
5609
5610 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5611 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5612 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5613 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5614 system services want to log events about specific client
5615 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5616 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5617 unit is requested.
5618
5619 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5620 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5621 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5622 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5623 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5624 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5625 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5626 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5627 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5628 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5629 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5630 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5631 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5632
606c24e3
LP
5633CHANGES WITH 204:
5634
5635 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5636 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5637
5638 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5639 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5640 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5641
5642 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5643 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5644
2f3fcf85
LP
5645CHANGES WITH 203:
5646
5647 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5648 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5649
5650 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5651 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5652 fields, including the root directory.
5653
5654 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5655 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 5656 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
5657 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5658 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5659 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5660 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5661 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5662 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5663 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5664 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5665
5666 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5667 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5668
5669 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5670 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5671
5672 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5673 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5674 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5675 the local hostname.
5676
5677 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5678 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5679 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5680 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5681 VMs/containers coming and going.
5682
5683 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5684 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5685 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5686
5687 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5688 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5689 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5690 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5691
5692 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5693 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5694 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5695
5696 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5697 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5698 services. With the container's root directory in
5699 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5700 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5701
5702 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5703 the processes within a certain container.
5704
5705 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5706 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5707 check though. Patches welcome!
5708
5709 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5710 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5711 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5712 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5713 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5714
5715 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5716 the passed argument if applicable.
5717
5718 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5719 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5720 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5721 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5722 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5723 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5724 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5725 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5726
ef3b5246
LP
5727CHANGES WITH 202:
5728
5729 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5730 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5731 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5732 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5733 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5734 units activate.
5735
5736 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5737 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5738 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5739 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5740 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5741 for now, and not installable.
5742
5743 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5744 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5745 can run in conjunction with udev.
5746
5747 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5748 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5749 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5750 session manager.
5751
5752 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5753 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5754 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5755 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5756 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5757 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5758 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 5759 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
5760 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5761 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5762 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5763
5764 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5765
5766 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5767 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5768 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5769 logical expressions.
5770
5771 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5772 switches.
5773
5774 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5775 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 5776 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
5777 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5778 the user.
5779
cbeabcfb
ZJS
5780 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5781 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5782 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5783 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5784 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5785 an entry.
5786
ef3b5246
LP
5787 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5788 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5789 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5790 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5791 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5792 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5793
d3a86981
LP
5794CHANGES WITH 201:
5795
5796 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5797 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5798 directory.
5799
5800 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5801 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5802 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5803 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5804 problem.
5805
5806 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5807 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5808 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5809 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5810
5811 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5812 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5813
5814 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5815 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5816 files in this context are files such as
5817 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5818
5819 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5820 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5821 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5822 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5823 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5824 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5825
5826 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5827 hostnames.
5828
5829 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5830 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5831 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5832 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5833 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5834 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5835 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5836 all time-related output of systemd.
5837
5838 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5839 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5840 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5841 loops.
5842
5843 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5844 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5845
5846 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5847 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 5848 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
5849 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5850 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5851
5852 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5853 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5854 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5855 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5856 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5857 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5858 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5859
9ca3c17f
LP
5860CHANGES WITH 200:
5861
5862 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5863 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5864 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5865 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5866 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5867 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5868
5869 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5870 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5871 images.
5872
5873 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5874 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5875 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5876
35911459
LP
5877CHANGES WITH 199:
5878
5879 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5880
5881 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5882 security policy.
5883
5884 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5885 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5886 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5887 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5888 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5889 the same service can still access). When a service is
5890 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 5891 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
5892 this though).
5893
5894 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5895 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5896 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5897 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5898 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5899 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5900
5901 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 5902 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
5903
5904 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5905 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5906
56cadcb6 5907 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
35911459 5908
c20d8298 5909 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
5910 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5911 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5912 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5913 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
5914
5915 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5916 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5917 system is to be mounted.
5918
5919 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5920 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5921 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5922 purpose for socket units.
5923
6a7d3d68
LP
5924 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5925 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5926
a87197f5
ZJS
5927 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5928 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 5929 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 5930 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 5931 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 5932
35911459
LP
5933 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5934 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5935 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5936 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5937 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5938 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5939 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5940 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5941 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5942
85d68397
LP
5943CHANGES WITH 198:
5944
5945 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5946 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5947 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5948 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5949 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 5950 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
5951 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5952 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5953 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
5954 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5955 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
5956 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5957 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5958 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5959 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 5960 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
5961 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5962 for them too.
5963
5964 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 5965 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
5966 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5967 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5968 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5969 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5970 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
5971 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5972 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
5973
5974 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5975 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5976
40e21da8 5977 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
5978 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5979 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5980 other users.
5981
5982 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5983 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5984 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5985 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5986 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 5987 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
5988 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5989 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 5990 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
5991 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5992 supported.
5993
5994 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
5995 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5996 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
5997
5998 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5999 call.
6000
6aa8d43a
LP
6001 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6002 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6003 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
6004 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6005 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6006 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
6007 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6008 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6009 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6010 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6011 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6012 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6013 also been removed.
85d68397 6014
40e21da8 6015 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 6016 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
6017 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6018 objects themselves.
6019
6020 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6021
6022 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6023 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 6024 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
6025 to how this is supported in shells.
6026
6027 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6028 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6029 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6030 user systemd instance.
6031
6032 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6033 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6034 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6035 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6036 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6037 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6038 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6039 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6040 one day for good in the kernel.
6041
6042 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6043 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6044 container.
6045
40e21da8 6046 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 6047 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
6048 the host into the container.
6049
6050 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
6051 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6052 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6053 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6054 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6055 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397 6056
56cadcb6 6057 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
85d68397
LP
6058
6059 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6060 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
6061 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6062 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
6063
6064 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6065 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6066 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6067 system resume events.
6068
6069 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6070 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 6071 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 6072 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
6073
6074 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6075 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6076 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6077 card).
6078
6079 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6080 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6081 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6082
bf933560
KS
6083 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6084 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6085 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
6086
6087 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6088 now carry a message ID.
6089
6090 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6091 continues to be work in progress.
6092
6093 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6094 root directory to operate relative to.
6095
40e21da8
KS
6096 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6097 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
6098 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6099 times a little.
6100
6101 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6102 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6103 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6104 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6105 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6106 request boot into firmware operations.
6107
6108 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6109 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6110 correctly in initrds.
6111
6112 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6113 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6114
6115 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6116 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6117
6118 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6119 the status of all active or failed units.
6120
6121 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6122 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6123 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 6124 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
6125 requests more robust.
6126
6127 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6128 reading journal files.
6129
6130 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6131 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6132
56cadcb6 6133 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
85d68397
LP
6134
6135 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 6136 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
6137
6138 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6139 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6140 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6141 socket activation in daemons.
6142
6143 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6144 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6145
43447fb7
LP
6146 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6147 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6148 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6149
85d68397 6150 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 6151 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
6152 system units.
6153
6154 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6155 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6156 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6157
6158 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6159 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6160 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 6161 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
6162 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6163 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6164 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6165 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6166 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6167 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6168 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 6169 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
6170 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6171 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6172 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6173 package installation time.
6174
6175 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6176 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6177 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6178 installation time.
6179
6180 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6181 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6182
6183 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6184
40e21da8
KS
6185 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6186 available.
85d68397 6187
1aed4590
LP
6188 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6189 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6190
85d68397
LP
6191 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6192 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6193 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6194 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6195 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6196 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6197 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6198 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6199 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6200 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6201 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6202 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6203 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6204 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6205
8ad26859
LP
6206CHANGES WITH 197:
6207
6208 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6209 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6210 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6211 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6212 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6213 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6214 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6215 the supported calendar time specification language see
6216 systemd.time(7).
6217
6218 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6219 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6220 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6221 document for details:
6222
56cadcb6 6223 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8ad26859
LP
6224
6225 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
6226 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6227 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
6228 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6229 dependencies.
6230
6231 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6232 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6233 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6234 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6235 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6236 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6237 with a configure switch.
6238
6239 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6240 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6241 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6242 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6243 such as ext4.
6244
6245 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6246 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6247 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6248
6249 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6250 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6251
6252 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6253 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6254 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6255 using only core OS tools.
6256
6257 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6258 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6259 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6260 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6261 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6262 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6263 eventually.
6264
6265 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6266 presenting log data.
6267
6268 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 6269 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
6270
6271 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6272 system on idle.
6273
6274 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6275 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6276 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6277 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6278 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6279 information if possible.
6280
6281 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6282 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6283 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6284
6285 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6286 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6287 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6288 is running on battery power.
6289
6290 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6291 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6292 is in the "failed" state.
6293
6294 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6295 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6296 environment files at once.
6297
6298 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6299 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6300 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6301 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6302 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6303 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6304 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6305 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6306 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6307 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6308 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6309 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6310 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6311
6312 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6313 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6314
6315 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6316 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6317
6318 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6319 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6320 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6321 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
6322 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6323 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
6324 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6325 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6326 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6327 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6328 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6329 shipped from us upstream.
6330
6331 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6332 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6333 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6334 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6335 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6336 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6337 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6338 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6339 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6340 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6341 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6342 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6343 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6344
0428ddb7
LP
6345CHANGES WITH 196:
6346
6347 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6348 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6349 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6350 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6351 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6352 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6353 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6354 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 6355 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 6356 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
6357 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6358 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6359 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
6360 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6361 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6362 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6363 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6364 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6365 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6366
6367 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6368 indexed database to link up additional information with
6369 journal entries. For further details please check:
6370
56cadcb6 6371 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
0428ddb7
LP
6372
6373 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6374 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6375 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6376 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6377 macro for this purpose.
6378
6379 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6380 Python logging framework.
6381
6382 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6383 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6384 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6385 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 6386 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
6387 time intervals.
6388
6389 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6390 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6391 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6392
6393 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6394 right-away on the selected coredump.
6395
6396 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6397 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6398 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6399
6400 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6401 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6402 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6403 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6404
6405 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6406 default.
6407
6408 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6409 SMACK security label.
6410
6411 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6412 daylight saving change.
6413
6414 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6415 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6416 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6417 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6418 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6419 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6420 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6421
6422 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6423 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6424 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6425 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6426 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6427 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 6428 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
6429 PolicyKit is not around.
6430
6431 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6432 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6433
6434 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6435 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6436 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6437 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6438 offline updating tools.
6439
6440 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6441 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6442 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6443 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6444 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6445 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6446
6447 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6448 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6449
6450 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6451 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6452 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6453 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6454 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6455 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6456 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6457 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6458 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6459
139ee8cc
LP
6460CHANGES WITH 195:
6461
6827101a 6462 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
6463 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6464 units via --unit=/-u.
6465
6827101a 6466 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
6467 right thing.
6468
6469 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6470 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6471 rotation.
6472
6473 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6474 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6475 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6476 completion of journalctl has been updated
6477 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6478 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6479
6480 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6481 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6482
6483 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6484 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6485 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6486 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6487 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6488 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6489 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6490 completion.
6491
6492 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6493 extract coredumps from the journal.
6494
6495 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6496 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6497 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6498 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6499 scratch their heads.
6500
6501 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6502 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6503
6504 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6505 in immediate termination of systemd.
6506
6507 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6508 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6509
6510 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6511 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6512 mouse screen support has been added.
6513
6514 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6515 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6516
1cb88f2c 6517 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
6518 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6519 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6520 "systemctl reload".
6521
15f47220 6522 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
6523 -u" instead.
6524
6525 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6526 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6527 configured.
6528
6529 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6530 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6531
6532 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6533 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
6534 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6535 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6536 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6537 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6538 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 6539
f9b55720
LP
6540CHANGES WITH 194:
6541
6542 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6543 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6544 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6545 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6546 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6547 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6548 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6549 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6550 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6551 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6552 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6553 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6554
6555 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6556 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6557 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6558
597c52cf
LP
6559CHANGES WITH 193:
6560
6561 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6562 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6563
6564 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6565 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6566 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6567
6568 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6569 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6570 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6571 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6572 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6573 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6574 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6575
6576 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6577 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6578
6579 This will download the journal contents in a
6580 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6581
6582 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6583
6584 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6585 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6586 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6587 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6588 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6589
6590 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6591
6592 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6593 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6594
075d4ecb
LP
6595CHANGES WITH 192:
6596
6597 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6598 too.
6599
d28315e4 6600 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
6601 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6602 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 6603 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
6604 just start them.
6605
6606 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6607 and line break accordingly.
6608
597c52cf
LP
6609 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6610 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 6611
b6a86739
LP
6612CHANGES WITH 191:
6613
6614 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6615 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6616 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6617 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6618 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6619
6620 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6621 will default to 10 if omitted.
6622
6623 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6624 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6625 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6626 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 6627 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
6628
6629 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6630 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6631 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6632 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6633 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6634 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 6635 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
6636
6637 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6638 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 6639 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 6640 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
6641 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6642 into two.
6643
597c52cf
LP
6644 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6645 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 6646
0c11f949
LP
6647CHANGES WITH 190:
6648
d28315e4 6649 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
6650 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6651 "systemctl status".
6652
6653 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6654 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 6655 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
6656 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6657 field.)
6658
6659 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6660 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6661 default.
6662
6663 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6664 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6665 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6666 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6667 in a container.
6668
6669 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6670 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6671 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6672 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6673 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6674 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6675
6676 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6677 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6678 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6679 no-op.
6680
6681 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6682 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6683 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6684 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6685 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6686
6687 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6688 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6689
6690 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6691 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6692 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6693 command.
6694
6695 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6696 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6697 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6698
6699 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6700
6701 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6702 multiple files at once.
6703
6704 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6705 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6706 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6707 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6708 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6709 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6710 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6711
a98d5d64
LP
6712 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6713 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6714 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
6715
6716 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6717 dir: %_presetdir.
6718
d28315e4 6719 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 6720 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
6721
6722 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6723 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6724 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6725 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6726 anymore.
6727
aaccc32c 6728 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
6729 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6730 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6731 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6732
6733 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6734 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6735 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6736
6737 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6738 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6739 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6740 sockets.
6741
6742 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6743 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6744 is changed.
6745
6746 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6747 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6748 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6749 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6750 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 6751 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
6752 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6753
6754 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6755
6756 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6757 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6758
aad803af
LP
6759 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6760 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6761
6762 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6763 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6764 (%b).
6765
b6a86739 6766 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
6767 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6768 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6769 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6770 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6771 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6772 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6773
38a60d71
LP
6774CHANGES WITH 189:
6775
6776 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6777 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6778
6779 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6780 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6781 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6782 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6783 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6784 syslog daemons again.
6785
6786 * The libudev API gained the new
6787 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6788
6789 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6790 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6791 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6792 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6793
6794 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6795 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6796 container.
6797
6798 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6799 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6800 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6801 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6802 this explaining it in more detail.
6803
6804 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6805 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6806 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6807 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6808
6809 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6810 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6811 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6812 journal files.
6813
6814 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6815 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6816 as container init process a lot more fun.
6817
6818 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6819 entries.
6820
6821 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6822 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6823 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6824 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6825 different sets of services.
6826
6827 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6828 failure state.
6829
b6a86739 6830 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
6831 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6832 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6833
c269cec3
LP
6834CHANGES WITH 188:
6835
6836 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6837 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6838 tree a lot more organized.
6839
6840 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6841 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6842
6843 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6844 services.
6845
6846 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6847 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6848 filtering by log level now.
6849
6850 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6851 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6852 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6853
ab06eef8 6854 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
6855 command lines involving service unit names.
6856
6857 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6858 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6859
6860 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6861 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6862 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6863
6864 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6865 option.
6866
6867 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6868 a shutdown is cancelled.
6869
6870 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6871 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6872 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6873 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6874 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6875
6876 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6877 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6878 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6879 for display managers instead.
6880
6881 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6882 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6883 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6884 protection, and suchlike.
6885
6886 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6887 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6888 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6889 the service.
6890
6891 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6892 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6893 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6894 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6895 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6896 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6897
c4f1b862
LP
6898CHANGES WITH 187:
6899
6900 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6901 pages.
6902
6903 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6904 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6905 data loss.
6906
c269cec3 6907 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
6908 option.
6909
6910 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6911
6912 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6913 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6914
6915 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6916 specific directory.
6917
6918 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6919 messages of two different boots.
6920
6921 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6922 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6923 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6924
6925 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6926 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6927 disjunctions.
6928
6929 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6930 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6931 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6932
6933 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6934 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6935 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6936
6937 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6938 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6939 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6940 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6941 speed things up a bit.
6942
6943 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6944 header data of journal files.
6945
6946 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6947 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6948 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6949
6950 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6951 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6952 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6953 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6954
6955 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6956
6957 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6958 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6959 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6960 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6961
b5b4c94a
LP
6962CHANGES WITH 186:
6963
6964 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6965 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6966 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6967 prefixed with rd.
6968
6969 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6970 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6971
6972 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6973
6974 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6975
d1f9edaf 6976 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
6977
6978 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6979 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6980 as well.
6981
6982 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6983 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6984 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6985
6986 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6987 does the right thing. Example:
6988
6989 udevadm info /dev/sda
6990 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6991
6992 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6993 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6994 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6995 running.
6996
6997 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6998 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6999
7000 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7001 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7002
7003 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7004 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7005 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7006 files.
7007
7008 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7009 be stopped that is not loaded.
7010
7011 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7012
7013 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7014
7015 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7016 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7017 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7018 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7019
7020 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7021 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7022 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7023 completed initialization.
7024
7025 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7026
7027 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7028 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7029 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7030 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7031 distributions.
7032
7033 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7034 always valid when services log to the journal via
7035 STDOUT/STDERR.
7036
7037 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7038 command line options we understand.
7039
7040 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7041 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7042
91ac7425 7043 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
7044 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7045
7046 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7047 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7048 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7049 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7050
7051 systemctl status /home
7052 systemctl status /dev/sda
7053
7054 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7055 system.conf parsing.
7056
7057 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7058 Manager object.
7059
ce830873 7060 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
7061
7062 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7063
7064 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7065 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7066 complete.
7067
7068 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7069 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7070 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7071 systemd-fsck@.service.
7072
7073 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7074 Manager object.
7075
7076 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7077 work sensibly.
7078
7079 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7080 we actually understand.
7081
7082 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7083 additional capabilities to the container.
7084
7085 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 7086 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
7087 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7088
7089 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7090 the current boot only.
7091
7092 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7093 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7094
7095 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7096 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7097 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7098 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7099 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7100
c4f1b862 7101 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 7102
2d938ac7
LP
7103 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7104 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7105 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7106 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 7107
2d197285 7108CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 7109
2d197285
KS
7110 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7111 available.
7112
7113 * Several new man pages have been added.
7114
b5b4c94a
LP
7115 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7116 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7117 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7118 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 7119
b5b4c94a
LP
7120 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7121 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
7122
7123 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7124 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7125 Matthias Clasen
7126
4c8cd173 7127CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 7128
4c8cd173
LP
7129 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7130 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7131
7132 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7133 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7134 daemon.
7135
7136 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7137 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7138
7139 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7140 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7141 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7142 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7143
ea5943d3 7144CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 7145
187076d4
LP
7146 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7147 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7148 and systemd's most recent version number.
7149
194bbe33
KS
7150 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7151 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7152 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7153 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7154 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 7155 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 7156
91cf7e5c 7157 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
7158 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7159 subsystems.
64661ee7 7160
2d13da88
KS
7161 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7162 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7163 used to subscribe to events.
7164
194bbe33
KS
7165 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7166 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7167 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7168 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 7169 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
7170 forked by udev rules.
7171
f13b388f
KS
7172 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7173 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7174 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7175 it.
7176
ea5943d3 7177 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
7178 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7179 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7180 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 7181 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 7182
ea5943d3 7183 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 7184 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
7185
7186 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7187 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7188 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7189 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7190
ea5943d3
LP
7191 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7192 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7193 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7194 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7195 to be used as drop-in files.
7196
7197 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 7198 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
7199
7200 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7201 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7202 about this in more detail.
7203
7204 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 7205 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
7206 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7207 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7208 from git history and add them downstream.
7209
7210 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7211 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 7212 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
7213 units.
7214
7215 * All smaller setup units (such as
7216 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7217 are run in a container and are skipped when
7218 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7219 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7220
7221 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7222 integrated, for details see:
c6749ba5 7223 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
ea5943d3
LP
7224
7225 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7226 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7227 messages.
7228
439d6dfd
LP
7229 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7230 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
7231 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7232 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7233 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7234
7235 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7236 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7237 for all units started by PID 1.
7238
7239 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7240 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7241 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7242
3943231c
LP
7243 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7244 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
7245
7246 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7247 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 7248 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
7249
7250 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7251 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7252 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7253 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7254 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7255 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7256
7257 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7258 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7259
7260 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7261
7262 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7263 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7264 so sexy.
7265
7266 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7267 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7268 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7269 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7270 patterns.
7271
7272 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7273 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7274 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7275 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7276
7277 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7278 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7279
7280 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7281 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7282 in systemd now.
7283
7284 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7285 ID on the command line.
7286
f8c0a2cb 7287 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
7288 for an init system.
7289
7290 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7291 vt100.
7292
7293 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7294
7295 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 7296 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
7297
7298 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7299
7300 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7301 container in other hierarchies.
7302
7303 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7304 system.conf.
7305
7306 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7307
7308 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7309 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7310
d28315e4 7311 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
7312 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7313
7314 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7315 locally generated journal files.
7316
7317 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7318
7319 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7320
79849bf9
LP
7321 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7322 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7323 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7324 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7325 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7326 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7327 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7328 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7329 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7330 Gundersen
7331
16f1239e 7332CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 7333
16f1239e
LP
7334 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7335
7336 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7337 KVM or container configured UUID.
7338
7339 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7340
7341 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7342
ab06eef8 7343 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
7344 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7345
ce830873 7346 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
7347
7348 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7349 folks
7350
7351 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 7352 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
7353 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7354
7355 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7356 configuration
7357
7358 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7359 free fashion
7360
7361 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7362 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 7363 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
7364 automatically generated data.
7365
7366 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7367 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7368 however.
7369
7370 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7371 tarball.
7372
7373 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7374 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7375 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7376 Reding
7377
437b7dee 7378CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 7379
437b7dee
LP
7380 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7381
7382 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7383
7384 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7385
45afd519 7386 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
7387 normal user logins.
7388
7389 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7390 Biebl
7391
204fa33c 7392CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 7393
204fa33c
LP
7394 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7395
7396 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7397 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7398 xsltproc.
7399
7400 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7401 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7402 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7403
7404 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7405 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7406 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7407
7408 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7409
7410 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7411 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7412 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7413
e0d25329 7414CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 7415
e0d25329
KS
7416 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7417 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7418 package update.
7419
b13df964
LP
7420 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7421 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7422 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7423
7424 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7425 complete.
7426
7427 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7428 understood to set system wide environment variables
7429 dynamically at boot.
7430
e9c1ea9d 7431 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 7432
353e12c2
LP
7433 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7434 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7435 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7436 files.
7437
b13df964
LP
7438 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7439 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7440 William Douglas
7441
d26e4270 7442CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 7443
d26e4270
LP
7444 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7445
7446 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7447 "Result" D-Bus property.
7448
7449 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7450 the next few releases.)
7451
7452 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7453 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7454 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7455 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7456
b13df964
LP
7457 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7458 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7459 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7460
220a21d3 7461CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 7462
220a21d3
LP
7463 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7464 bugfixes.
7465
7466 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7467 resource usage.
7468
7469 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7470 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7471 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7472 journals by the respective users.
7473
7474 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7475 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7476 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7477
7478 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7479 client for all entries.
7480
7481 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7482
7483 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7484 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7485
7486 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7487 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7488 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7489 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7490
7491 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7492 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7493 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7494
7495 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7496 journal along with meta data.
7497
7498 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7499 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7500 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7501
7502 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7503 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
56cadcb6 7504 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
220a21d3
LP
7505
7506 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7507
7508 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7509 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7510 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7511 or fsck.
7512
d28315e4 7513 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
7514 requested with new -k switch.
7515
7516 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7517 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7518
7519CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 7520
220a21d3
LP
7521 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7522 bugfixes.
7523
7524 * The git repository moved to:
7525 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7526 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7527
7528 * First release with the journal
7529 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7530
7531 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7532 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7533
7534 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7535
7536 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7537
7538 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7539 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7540 remote mounts.
7541
7542 * Added Mageia support
7543
7544 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7545
7546 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7547 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7548 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7549 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7550 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7551
7552 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7553 of existing distributions.
7554
7555 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7556 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7557
7558 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7559 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7560 boot.
7561
7562 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7563
7564 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7565 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7566 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7567 among other things.
7568
7569 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7570 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7571
7572 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7573
ce830873 7574 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
7575 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7576 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7577
7578 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7579 restored.
7580
7581 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7582 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7583 kmod
7584
d28315e4 7585 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
7586 of /usr/local by default.
7587
7588 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7589 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7590 in:
56cadcb6 7591 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
220a21d3
LP
7592
7593 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7594 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7595 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7596 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7597 supported anyway, and bad style).
7598
7599 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7600 reloading of units together.
7601
4c8cd173 7602 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
7603 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7604 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7605 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7606 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek